AEG 10669GN-MN User manual

AEG 10669GN-MN User manual
AEG (/-MN
COOKER
461308
EN User manual
2
www.aeg.com
CONTENTS
1. SAFETY INFORMATION ............................................................................................3
2. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ..........................................................................................5
3. OPERATION ................................................................................................................8
4. TROUBLESHOOTING ..............................................................................................16
5. INSTALLATION .........................................................................................................16
6. TECHNICAL INFORMATION ..................................................................................23
7. ENVIRONMENT CONCERNS .................................................................................25
FOR PERFECT RESULT
Thank you for choosing this AEG product. We have created it to give you impeccable
performance for many years, with innovative technologies that help make life simplefeatures you might not find on ordinary appliances. Please a few minutes reading to get
the very best from it.
Visit our website for:
Get usage advice, brochures, trouble shooter, service information:
www.aeg.com
Register your product for better service:
www.aeg.com/productregistration
Buy Accessories, Consumables and Original spare parts for your appliance:
www.aeg.com/shop
CUSTOMER CARE AND SERVICE
We recommend the use of original spare parts.
When contacting Service, ensure that you have the following data available.
The information can be found on the rating plate. Model, PNC, Serial Number.
Warning / Caution-Safety information
General information and tips
Environmental information
Subject to change without notice.
ENGLISH
3
1. SAFETY INFORMATION
You have purchased one of our
products for which we thank you. We
are confident that this new appliance,
modern, functional and practical, made
with top quality materials, will meet all
your demands. This new appliance is
easy to use but before installing and
using it, it is important to read this
handbook through carefully. It provides
information for a safe installation, use and
maintenance. Keep this handbook in a
safe place for future reference.
The manufacturer reserves the right
to make all the modifications to its
products that it deems necessary or
useful, also in your interests, without
prejudicing its essential functional
and safety characteristics.
The manufacturer cannot be held
responsible for any inaccuracies due to
printing or transcription errors that may be
found in this handbook.
N.B.: the pictures shown in the figures in
this handbook are purely indicative.
r© 4HE©INSTALLATION©ADJUSTMENTS©
conversions and maintenance
operations listed in section
“INSTALLATION” must only be carried
out by authorised personnel.
r© 4HE©INSTALLATION©OF©ALLGAS©AND©COMBI©
appliances must comply with the
standards in force.
r© 4HE©APPLIANCE©MUST©ONLY©BE©USED©FOR©
its original purpose, that is, cooking
for domestic use. Any other use is
considered improper and, as such,
dangerous.
r© 4HE©MANUFACTURER©CANNOT©BE©HELD©
responsible for any damage to
persons or property resulting from an
incorrect installation, maintenance or
use of the appliance.
r© /NCE©THE©PACKAGING©HAS©BEEN©
removed from the outer surfaces and
the various inner parts, thoroughly
check that the appliance is in perfect
condition. If you have any doubts do
not use the appliance and call in an
authorised person.
r© 4HE©PACKAGING©MATERIALS©USED©
(cardboard, plastic bags, polystyrene
foam, nails, etc.) must not be
r©
r©
sª
sª
sª
left within easy reach of children
because they are a potential hazard
source. All packaging materials used
are environmentally-friendly and
recyclable.
4HE©ELECTRICAL©SAFETY©OF©THIS©APPLIANCE©
is only guaranteed if it is correctly
connected to a suitable earth system,
as prescribed by the electrical safety
standards. The manufacturer disclaims
all responsibility if these instructions
are not followed. Should you have
any doubts, seek the assistance of an
authorised person.
"EFORE©CONNECTING©THE©APPLIANCE©
ensure that the rating plate data
corresponds to that of the gas
and electricity supply (see section
“TECHNICAL INFORMATION”).
./4ª&/2ª53%ª).ª-!2).%ª#2!&4ª
#!2!6!.3ª/2ª-/"),%ª(/-%3ª
5.,%33ª%!#(ª"52.%2ª)3ª&)44%$ª
7)4(ª!ª&,!-%ª3!&%'5!2$
$/ª./4ª-/$)&9ª4()3ª
!00,)!.#%
$/-%34)#ª53%ª/.,9
Warning! The appliance and its
accessible parts become hot
during use. Care should be taken
to avoid touching heating element.
Children less than 8 years of
age shall be kept away unless
continuosly supervised.
Hot surface
r© 4HE©OVEN©DOOR©GLASS©AND©THE©
accessible parts will become hot when
in use. To avoid burns and scalds
young children should be kept away.
r© $OªNOT use this appliance as a space
heater.
r© $OªNOTªtouch any electrical appliance
if hands or feet are wet or damp.
r© $OªNOT use the appliance bare footed.
r© $OªNOT pull the power lead to take the
plug out of the socket.
r© $OªNOT leave the appliance outside
under the sun, rain, etc.
4
r© 9OUNG©CHILDREN©SHOULD©BE©SUPERVISED©
to ensure that they not play with the
appliance.
r© 4HIS©APPLIANCE©CAN©BE©USED©BY©
children aged from 8 years and above
and persons with reduced physical,
sensory or mental capabilities or
lack of esperience and knolegde if
they have been given supervision
or instruction concerning use of
the appliance in a safe way and
understand the hazards involved.
Children shall not play with the
appliance. Cleaning and user
maintenance shall not be made by
children with out supervision.
Warning! ln order to prevent
accidental tipping of the appliance,
for example by a child climbing
over the open oven door, or too
high weights are leant on the open
oven door, two chains must be
screwed on the back on the cooker
and fixed to the wall with hooks.
Ensure the chains are taut. Please
refer to instructions for installation.
r© "EFORE©COOKING©FOR©THE©kRST©TIME©
ensure the oven is empty and its door
closed, heat the oven at maximum
temperature for two hours. This will
allow the protective coating on the
interior of the oven to be burnt off
and dissipate the associated smells.
Ensure adequate ventilation in the
kitchen whilst burning off and don’t be
alarmed by a little bit of smoke during
this process.
r© 4HE©INSTRUCTIONS©FOR©OVENS©THAT©HAVE©
the shelves should indicate in detail
the correct installation of the shelves.
The rear stopper of the oven rack
must be positioned upwards.
r© 5NATTENDED©COOKING©ON©A©HOB©WITH©
fat or oil can be dangerous and may
result in fire.
r© .EVER©TRY©TO©EXTINGUISH©A©kRE©WITH©
water, but switch of the appliance and
then cover flame e.g. with a lid or a fire
blanket.
r© $ANGER©OF©kRE©$O©NOT©STORE©ITEMS©ON©
the cooking surfaces
r© $OªNOT use harsh abrasive cleaners
or sharp metal scrapers to clean
r©
r©
r©
r©
r©
r©
r©
r©
r©
r©
r©
r©
the oven glass door since they can
scratch the surface, which may result
in shattering of the glass.
Never use sponges or abrasive
products, and solvents to remove
stains or adhesives on the painted or
stainless steel surfaces.
3WITCH©OFF©THE©OVEN©BEFORE©REMOVING©
the fan guard for cleaning. Replace
the guard after cleaning in accordance
with the instructions.
4HE©OVEN©CAN©BE©EQUIPPED©WITH©
temperature probe. Only use the
temperature probe recommended for
this oven by our Service Centre.
2EMOVE©ANY©SPILLAGE©FROM©THE©LID©
before opening.
4HE©APPLIANCE©IS©NOT©INTENDED©TO©BE©
operated by means of an external
timer or separate remote-control
system.
%NSURE©THAT©THE©APPLIANCE©IS©SWITCHED©
off before replacing the lamp to avoid
the possibility of electric shock.
The cookers can be equipped with a
small compartment under the oven
that can be used for storing things
Remember that the surfaces become
hot, it is strictly forbidden to place
inflammable materials inside.
$OªNOT use a steam cleaner to clean a
hob, oven or range.
4HE©APPLIANCE©IS©TO©BE©PLACED©DIRECTLY©
on the floor and shall not be mounted
on a base.
)F©THE©APPLIANCE©IS©kTTED©WITH©A©GLASS©
lid, this can shatter when heated. Turn
off all the burners or disconnect all the
plates, and allow them to cool before
closing the lid (fig. 3).
!VOID©USING©THE©OVEN©AS©A©LARDER©OR©AS©
a saucepan cupboard when you are
not using it for cooking: if the oven is
turned on accidentally it could cause
damage and accidents.
)F©YOU©ARE©USING©AN©ELECTRICAL©SOCKET©
near the appliance, make sure that the
cables are not touching the cooker
and are far enough away from all hot
parts.
7HEN©YOU©HAVE©kNISHED©USING©THE©
appliance check that all the controls
ENGLISH
are in the off or closed position,
checking that the “0” of the knob
CORRESPONDS©TO©THE©gru©SYMBOL©
serigraphed on the front panel.
r© 3WITCH©OFF©THE©ELECTRICAL©SUPPLY©BEFORE©
you start cleaning or servicing the
appliance.
r© )N©THE©CASE©OF©A©FAILURE©OR©MALFUNCTION©
turn the appliance off and switch
off the electrical supply and do
not tamper with it. All repairs or
adjustments must be carried out
with maximum care and the proper
attention of an authorised person.
r© &OR©THIS©REASON©WE©RECOMMEND©YOU©
call our Service Centre.
2. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Presentation
This cooker is fitted of hob a gas and the
of oven a gas.
Each knob on the front panel has a
diagram printed above it showing to which
burner it refers. The combination of the
different sized burners offers the possibility
of various types of cooking.
The oven walls are fitted with various
runners (fig. 1) on which the following
accessories can be placed. Supply and
quantities vary from model to model
(fig. 2):
r© OVEN©SHELF©RACK©
r© DRIP©TRAY©
r© SET©SPIT©MOTOR©
Fig. 2
Description of the controls
(OBªGASªBURNERªKNOBª!
By rotating the knob in an anticlockwise
direction, the following symbols appear:
= Closed position
= “Full on” position
= “Reduced rate” position
5
4
3
2
1
Fig. 1
A
5
6
Gas oven thermostat knob (B)
By rotating the knob in an anticlockwise
direction, the following functions appear:
D
1
= Closed position
from Min. to Max
(260°C)
= Oven temperatures
B
Njo
Timer (E)
To set cooking time, first wind the timer
up by turning it completely once from left
to right and then back to the number of
minutes you want. The timer will ring when
the set time has elapsed.
251
271
371
291
351
331 311
'ASªGRILLªKNOBª#
By rotating the knob in an anticlockwise
direction, the following symbols appear:
E
6
1
66
61
21
= Closed position
56
26
= “Full on” position
31
C
2EDªWARNINGªLIGHTª
If present, when lit it indicates that one or
more of the hob electric plates is on.
Light and rotisserie commutator knob
$
By turning the knob clockwise or anti
clockwise we will find the following
symbols:
51
36
41
46
Electronic clock
This accessory functions as a clock and
a minute counter. The digital display (L)
always shows the time but will display the
minute counter time when this function is
set.
Setting the time (from 0.01 to 24.00 hh,mm)
After connecting to the electricity mains
or subsequent to a power cut the figures
“0.00” will flash on the display. Press push
button 1 and start setting the current
time by pressing push button 2 or 3. The
function will start
7 seconds after setting.
-INUTEªCOUNTERªFROMªªTOªªª
hh,mm)
By selecting the time on the minute
counter with push button 3, this function
will be active all of the time (time is set in
10 second units). The time will disappear
ENGLISH
leaving the minute counter time showing
symbol lights
on the display and the
up. Time is given in seconds during
countdown. At the end of the set time
symbol
the buzzer goes off, the
disappears and the time reappears. You
can see the time while the minute counter
is functioning by pressing push button 1.
Buzzer
The buzzer goes off at the end of the
minute counter function and lasts about 7
minutes. The buzzer can be stopped by
pressing button 3.
Buzzer intensity
There are three different buzzer intensities:
to select the one you want press push
button 2 when the time is displayed.
#ORRECTINGCANCELLINGªTHEªMINUTEª
counter function
To correct or cancel the time set on
the minute counter, press keys 2 and
3 simultaneously and then release key
3 first. The time can be corrected at
any moment by pressing push button 1
followed by 2 or 3.
1
2
3
3. OPERATION
Hob: general notes on safety
When a gas cooker is being used
it produces heat and humidity in
THEªROOMªWHEREªITªISªINSTALLEDª&ORª
this reason the room must be well
ventilated, keeping the natural
ventilation openings free and
switching on the mechanical aeration
system (suction hood or electric fan,
see “Ventilation” and “Location and
!ERATIONvªPARAGRAPHS
If the cooker is used for a long time
additional aeration may be necessary,
for instance, opening a window, or a
more effective aeration by increasing
the power of the mechanical system if
there is one.
Lighting the burners
N.B. Burners are equipped with safety
thermocouples and can only be
IGNITEDªWITHªTHEªKNOBªATªTHEªh&ULLªONvª
POSITIONª/NCEªAªBURNERªHASªBEENªLITª
keep the knob pressed for about
10 seconds.
Automatic electric ignition of
burners
Push lightly the knob corresponding
to the burner you wish to use and
turn counterclockwise to the “Full on“
position, then depress the control knob.
Automatically the ignition spark shoots.
Matches can be used to light the burners
in a blackout.
Optimum use of the burners
To get the maximum yield with the
minimum consumption of gas it is handy
to keep the following points in mind:
r© /NCE©THE©BURNER©HAS©BEEN©LIT©ADJUST©
the flame according to your needs.
r© 5SE©AN©APPROPRIATELY©SIZED©PAN©FOR©
each burner (see the table below and
fig. 4).
r© 7HEN©THE©CONTENT©OF©THE©PAN©START©TO©
boil, turn the knob down to “Reduced
rate position” (small flame).
r© !LWAYS©PUT©A©LID©ON©THE©PAN
7
8
Burners
Ultrarapid
Rapid
Semi-rapid
Auxiliary
Ø pan cm
22÷24
20÷22
16÷18
12÷14
r©
r©
r©
r©
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
Oven: general safety instructions
r© $O©NOT©LEAVE©THE©OVEN©UNSUPERVISED©
during use. Ensure that children do not
play with the appliance.
r© !LWAYS©KEEP©THE©APPLIANCE©LID©OPEN©
when using the oven, in order to
prevent overheating.
r© !LWAYS©GRIP©THE©CENTRE©OF©THE©OVEN©
door when opening. Do not practice
excessive pressures on the door when
it is open.
r© $O©NOT©WORRY©IF©CONDENSATION©FORMS©
on the door and on the internal walls
of the oven during cooking. This does
not compromise its efficiency.
r© 7HEN©OPENING©THE©OVEN©DOOR©BE©VERY©
careful of scalding vapours.
r© 5SE©OVEN©GLOVES©TO©INSERT©OR©REMOVE©
containers from the oven.
r© 7HEN©INSERTING©OR©REMOVING©FOOD©FROM©
the oven, check that excess juices do
not overflow onto the oven base (oils
and fats are highly inflammable when
overheated).
5SE©CONTAINERS©THAT©WILL©RESIST©THE©
temperatures indicated on the
thermostat knob.
&OR©GOOD©RESULTS©DURING©COOKING©WE©
strongly recommend not to cover
the base of the oven or the grill with
aluminium foil or other materials.
7HEN©GRILLING©ALWAYS©PUT©A©LITTLE©WATER©
in the grill pan. The water prevents the
grease from burning and from giving
off bad smells and smoke. Add more
water during grilling to compensate for
evaporation.
!FTER©USING©THE©APPLIANCE©ENSURE©THAT©
all the controls are in the off position.
Warning! During and after use, the
oven door glass and the accessible
parts can be very hot, therefore
keep children away from the
appliance.
Important! Always keep the oven
door closed during baking.
Important! If you intend to use the
oven and grill together, for the best
cooking results, always use the grill
at the end of the cooking.
Important! If the cooker is not
fitted with the control knobs shield,
the gas grilling operation MUST
be done keeping CLOSE the oven
door.
Fig. 5
How to use gas oven and grill
The oven and grill burner are fitted
with a safety thermocouple so, once
the burner has been lit, keep the
ENGLISHª
knob pressed for about 15 seconds.
If, at the end of this time, the burner
fails to light, release the knob and
wait at least 1 minute before trying
again. Should the burner turn out
accidentally, turn the knob round to
the closed position and wait at least
1 minute before lighting it again.
Automatic electric ignition of
oven burner
/PENªTHEªOVENªDOORªpush and turn
the oven knob counterclockwise until it
reaches to the maximum temperature
position. Automatically the ignition spark
shoots. Matches can be used to light the
burners in a blackout; placing a lighted
match to the burner through the hole 1
(fig. 6).
!FTERªTHEªOVENªBURNERªHASªBEENªLITª
(check through the opening 2 (fig. 6)
that it has ignited), adjust the
temperature according to your needs.
Close the door gently so the flames will
not blow out and wait 15 minutes before
putting any food in to cook. Our oven can
cook all foods (meat, fish, bread, pizza,
cakes, etc.).
r© 2EST©THE©SPIT©ON©THE©SUPPORT©
introducing the end in the seat and
unscrew and remove the hand grip
from the spit.
r© &IT©SUPPORT©INTO©THE©CORRESPONDING©
runner, and insert its end into the
relative motor coupling.
r© #LOSE©THE©OVEN©DOOR©TURN©THE©OVEN©
knob on the symbol
.
r© 7HEN©THE©GRILL©TURNS©ON©THE©SPIT©TURN©
too.
r© !LWAYSªUSEªTHEªDRIPªPANªTOªCATCHª
the gravy, as indicated in the
PARAGRAPHªh5SEFULªCOOKINGªTIPSv
r© Gas grill burner: position the oven
and light the
knob on the symbol
grill burner. Start the spit motor with
.
the spit roast switch
1
2
Automatic electrical ignition of
grill burner
Fig. 6
Open the oven door push and turn the
oven knob clockwise to the grill position.
Automatically the ignition spark shoots.
Matches can be used to light the burners
in a blackout.
!FTERªIGNITINGªTHEªGRILLªBURNER, place
the food to be cooked on the oven shelf
rack (fig. 5) or on the spit (fig. 7). Follow
the instructions in the paragraph “Useful
cooking tips” and in the “Grilling table”.In
addition to grilling, the grill burner can also
be used to lightly brown cooked foods.
How to use the spit (Fig. 7)
r© 0LACE©THE©CHICKEN©OR©PIECE©OF©MEAT©
to roast firmly between the two forks
on the spit and make sure it is evenly
balanced to prevent straining the
motor.
Fig. 7
Useful cooking tips
Cakes and bread:
r© (EAT©THE©OVEN©FOR©AT©LEAST©©MINUTES©
before you start cooking bread or
cakes.
10
r© $O©NOT©OPEN©THE©DOOR©DURING©BAKING©
because the cold air would stop the
yeast from rising.
r© 7HEN©THE©CAKE©IS©COOKED©TURN©THE©
oven off and leave it in for about 10
minutes.
r© $O©NOT©USE©THE©ENAMELLED©OVEN©TRAY©
or drip pan, supplied with the oven, to
cook cakes in.
r© (OW©DO©YOU©KNOW©WHEN©THE©CAKE©IS©
cooked? About 5 minutes before the
end of cooking time, put a cake tester
or skewer in the highest part of the
cake. If it comes out clean the cake is
cooked.
r© !ND©IF©THE©CAKE©SINKS©4HE©NEXT©
time use less liquids or lower the
temperature 10°C.
r© )F©THE©CAKE©IS©TOO©DRY©-AKE©SOME©TINY©
holes with a toothpick and pour some
drops of fruit juice or spirits on it. The
next time, increase the temperature
10°C and set a shorter cooking time.
r© )F©THE©CAKE©IS©TOO©DARK©ON©TOP©THE©NEXT©
time put the cake on a lower shelf,
cook it at a lower temperature and
longer.
r© )F©THE©TOP©OF©THE©CAKE©IS©BURNT©CUT©
off the burnt layer and cover with
sugar or decorate it with cream, jam,
confectioner’s cream, etc..
r© )F©THE©CAKE©IS©TOO©DARK©UNDERNEATH©THE©
next time place it on a higher shelf and
cook it at a lower temperature.
r© )F©THE©CAKE©OR©BREAD©IS©COOKED©NICELY©
outside but is still uncooked inside: the
next time use less liquids, cook at a
lower temperature and longer.
r© )F©THE©CAKE©WILL©NOT©COME©OUT©OF©THE©TIN©
slide a knife around the edges, place a
damp cloth over the cake and turn the
tin upside down. The next time grease
the tin well and sprinkle it with flour or
bread crumbs.
r© )F©THE©BISCUITS©WILL©NOT©COME©AWAY©FROM©
the baking tray: put the tray back in
the oven for a while and lift the biscuits
up before they cool. The next time
use a sheet of baking parchment to
prevent this happening again.
Meat:
r© )F©WHEN©COOKING©MEAT©THE©TIME©
needed is more than 40 minutes, turn
the oven off 10 minutes before the end
of cooking time to exploit the residual
heat (energy saving).
r© 9OUR©ROAST©WILL©BE©JUICIER©IF©COOKED©IN©A©
closed pan; it will be crispier if cooked
without a lid.
r© .ORMALLY©WHITE©MEAT©POULTRY©AND©kSH©
need medium temperatures (less than
200°C).
r© 4O©COOK©gRAREu©RED©MEATS©HIGH©
temperatures (over 200°C) and short
cooking times are needed.
r© &OR©A©TASTY©ROAST©LARD©AND©SPICE©THE©
meat.
r© )F©YOUR©ROAST©IS©TOUGH©THE©NEXT©TIME©
leave the meat to ripen longer.
r© )F©YOUR©ROAST©IS©TOO©DARK©ON©TOP©OR©
underneath: the next time put it on
a higher or lower shelf, lower the
temperature and cook longer.
r© 9OUR©ROAST©IS©UNDERDONE©#UT©IT©IN©
slices, arrange the slices on a baking
tray with the gravy and finish cooking it.
Grilling:
r© 3PARINGLY©GREASE©AND©lAVOUR©THE©FOOD©
before grilling it.
r© !LWAYS©USE©THE©GRILL©PAN©TO©CATCH©THE©
juices that drip from the meat during
grilling (fig.5-7 ).
r© !LWAYS©PUT©A©LITTLE©WATER©IN©THE©DRIP©
pan. The water prevents the grease
from burning and from giving off bad
smells and smoke. Add more water
during cooking because it evaporates.
r© 4URN©THE©FOOD©HALF©WAY©THROUGH©
cooking.
r© )F©YOU©ARE©GRILLING©FATTY©POULTRY©GOOSE©
pierce the skin so the fat can drip
away.
The aluminium can be easily corroded
if it comes into contact with organic
acids present in the foods or added
during baking (vinegar, lemon juice).
Therefore it is advised not to put
directly the foods on aluminium or
ENAMELLEDªTRAYSªBUTª!,7!93ªUSEªTHEª
proper oven paper.
ENGLISH
11
Cooking/baking table
&//$3
CAKES
Angel Cake
Fruit Cake
Almond Cake
Chocolate Cake
PASTRIES
Biscuits in general
Brioches
Puff pastry
Shortcrust pastry
BAKED PASTA
Lasagne
Cannelloni
PIZZA
BREAD
MEAT
Roast beef
Roast veal
Roast lamb
Roast pork
GAME
Roast hare
Roast pheasant
Roast partridge
POULTRY
Roast turkey
Roast chicken
Roast duck
FISH
Baked fish
Casseroled fish
Weight 0OSITIONªOFªTHEªOVENª Temperature #OOKINGªTIMEª
shelf from the bottom INª¨#
kg
in minutes
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
2
2
2
2
190
220
200
190
56
35-40
40-45
30-40
2
2
2
2
190
190-220
250
235
15
25-35
10-15
20
2.5
2.5
1
1
3
3
3
3
210-225
210-225
225-Max
225-Max
55-65
55-65
25-30
20-25
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
220
220
220
220
20-25
60-80
40-50
60-80
1
1
1
2
2
2
225-Max
225-Max
225-Maxi
40-50
45-60
45-60
1
1
1
2
2
2
235
235
235
50-60
40-50
45-60
1
1
2-3
2-3
200-220
190-220
15-25
15-20
The values given in the tables (temperatures and cooking times) are approximate and may vary
according to each person’s cooking habits. This table gives cooking times on only one shelf.
12
Grilling table
&//$3
MEAT
Chop
Beefsteaks
Half chicken (each half)
FISH
Trout
Sole
BREAD
Toast
30)4
CHICKEN
Weight 0OSITIONªOFªTHEªOVENª #OOKINGªTIMEªINªMINUTES
shelf from the bottom 1st side
kg
2nd side
0.50
0.15
1
4
4
4
15
5
25
15
5
25
0.42
0.20
4
4
18
10
18
10
4
2-3
2-3
1.3
60-80
The values given in the tables (temperatures and cooking times) are approximate and may
vary according to each person’s cooking habits. In particular, temperatures and times for
grilling meat will greatly depend on the thickness of the meat and on personal tastes.
Cleaning and maintenance
To keep the surface of the hob and the
various components in pristine condition
(grill, enamelled covers, burner heads and
flame diffusers, it is very important to wash
them in warm soapy water, rinse and dry
them well after each use.
$OªNOTªleave vinegar, coffee, milk, salty
water or the juice of lemon or tomato on
enamelled surfaces for any length of time.
Warning! Check that the heads
burners and the relative burner
caps, are correctly positioned in their
housings (fig. 8).
Warning! Take care not to disturb the
ignition spark plugs or flame failure
devices.
Warning! If you find a tap is difficult
to open or close do not force it but
call for technical assistance urgently.
Structure
All the cooker parts (in enamelled or painted
metal, steel, or glass) should be cleaned
frequently with warm soapy water and then
rinsed and dried with a soft cloth.
Oven cavity
$OªNOTªSPRAYªORªWASHªTHEªTHERMOSTATª
bulb with acid based products (check
the product label before use).
The manufacturer cannot be held liable
for any damage caused by incorrect
cleaning.
The oven cavity should be cleaned after
each use to remove cooking residuals and
or grease or sugar which, if burnt on when
the oven is used again, will form deposits or
unremovable stains as well as unpleasant
smells.
To maintain the shine of the enamelled parts,
clean them with warm soapy water, rinse
and dry them thoroughly. ALWAYS wash the
accessories used.
How to clean the inner oven door glass
One of the features of our cookers is that the
inner oven door glass can be easily removed
for cleaning without the aid of specialized
personnel. Just open the oven door and
remove the support securing the glass (fig. 9).
ª #AUTION This operation can be
done also with the door fitted on
appliance, but in this way, pay
attention that when the glass
is pulled upwards, the force of
the hinges can close the door
roughly.
ENGLISH
ª
,/#+ª!4ª,%!34ª/.%ª().'%ª
(fig.10) To reassemble the glass,
proceed in the reverse order,
being careful not to pinch your
lNGERSªlG!
Ud
Oven door removal
(for certain models)
The oven door can be removed to give
easier access to the oven when cleaning.
To remove, proceed as follows:
r© /PEN©THE©OVEN©DOOR©AND©INSERT©RIVET©OR©
nail (R) in the hole (F) of the hinge
(fig. 10).
r© 0ARTIALLY©CLOSE©THE©DOOR©FORCING©IT©
upwards at the same time to free stop
tooth and hinge sector.
r© /NCE©THE©HINGE©IS©FREE©PULL©THE©DOOR©
forwards tilting it slightly upwards to
free sector.
r© 4O©REASSEMBLE©PROCEED©IN©THE©REVERSE©
order, paying attention to the correct
position of sectors.
9A
Bd
Fig. 8
Fig. 9
MIND YOUR FINGERS
13
14
Oven seal
G
S
Fig. 10
Replacing the oven lamp (fig.11)
Ensure the appliance is switched off
before replacing the lamp to avoid the
possibility of electric shock..
In the event one or both oven lamps need
replacing, the new lamps must comply
with the following requisites: 15 W 230 V~ - 50 Hz - E 14 - and must be
resistant to high temperature (300°C).
Turn glass protection cap 2
counterclockwise and change the lamp.
Re-fit the cap, screwing it back in a
clockwise direction.
1
2
Fig. 11
The oven seal guarantees the correct
functioning of the oven. We recommend
you:
r© CLEAN©IT©AVOIDING©ABRASIVE©TOOLS©OR©
products.
r© CHECK©ITS©STATE©NOW©AND©THEN
If the oven door seal has become hard
or is damaged, contact our Service
#ENTREªANDªAVOIDªUSINGªTHEªOVENªUNTILª
it has been repaired.
Self-cleaning panels
Oven walls are protected by panels coated
with a grease-proof, microporous enamel
that absorbs and eliminates splattering
during baking.
If there is a lot of liquid or grease, dry
immediately with a damp sponge and heat
the oven for 2 hours on the maximum
thermostat position. Wait for the oven to
cool down and then go over it again with a
damp sponge. If you are unable to remove
all the substances, repeat the above
procedure.
It is, however, advisable to periodically
remove the panels and wash them with
warm soapy water and dry them with a
soft cloth.
To remove them follow these instructions:
r© %XTRACT©THE©SIDE©GRIDS©AS©INDICATED©IN©
the previous paragraph.
r© 2EMOVE©BOTH©SIDE©PANELS© 1 (fig.12).
r© 2EMOVE©BACK©PANEL©BY©UNSCREWING©
respective locking screws 6 (fig. 13).
r© 2EPEAT©PREVIOUS©OPERATIONS©IN©REVERSE©
order to replace all elements.
Important! Position both side
panels 1 by taking the locking pin
2 out of the hole 3 (fig. 12).
ENGLISH
1
QM
T
3
2
M
Q
4
15
Oven side-guide rails
For an effective cleaning of the oven
side-guide rails, these can be extracted
unscrewing knurled nuts 1 .
To fit the rails back in their place, first
insert rear pins in holes and then secure
them with the knurled nuts 1 .
M
2
3
T
Fig. 12
1
5
E
1
QM
3T
2M
Q
4
2M
3
T
6W
Fig. 13
4. TROUBLESHOOTING
Some of the problems occur because of simple maintenance oversights or operation
mistakes and can easily be resolved without having to call for technical assistance.
02/",%The appliance is not
working
The thermostat is not
working
The oven light does not
switch on
2%-%$9
r© -AKE©SURE©THE©GAS©COCK©IS©OPEN
r© #HECK©THE©PLUG©IS©IN
r© #HECK©THAT©THE©KNOBS©ARE©SET©CORRECTLY©FOR©COOKING©AND©
then repeat the operations given in the handbook
r© #HECK©THE©ELECTRICAL©SYSTEM©SAFETY©SWITCHES©2#$©)F©
there is failure in the system call an electrician in.
r© #ALL©OUR©3ERVICE©#ENTRE
r© -AKE©SURE©THE©LAMP©IS©kRMLY©SCREWED©IN©PLACE
r© "UY©A©LAMP©FOR©HIGH©TEMPERATURES©AT©ONE©OF©OUR©3ERVICE©
Centre and fit it following the h2EPLACINGªTHEªOVENª
lamp” paragraph.
16
5. INSTALLATION
r©
r©
r©
r© 4HE©INSTALLATION©OF©ALLGAS©AND©COMBI©
appliances must comply with the
standards in force.
r© 4HIS©APPLIANCE©IS©NOT©CONNECTED©TO©A©
flue for discharge of the combustion
products; therefore, it must be
connected in compliance with the above
mentioned installation rules. Particular
attention must be paid to the instructions
given below for ventilation and aeration.
Installation
Unpacking your cooker
slitting the plastic film along the edges
with a sharp knife or pin.
r© $O©NOT©MOVE©THE©APPLIANCE©BY©THE©HANDLE©
The packaging materials used (cardboard,
bags, polystyrene foam, nails etc.) must not
be left anywhere within easy reach of children
as they are a potential hazard source.
861!nn
r©
Warning! ALWAYS USE SAFETY
GLOVES WHILE HANDLING THE
COOKER
4HE©INSTALLATION©ADJUSTMENTS©CONVERSIONS©
and maintenance operations listed in this
part must only be carried out by qualified
personnel. The manufacturer cannot
be held responsible for any damage to
persons or property resulting from an
incorrect installation of the appliance.
4HE©SAFETY©AND©AUTOMATIC©ADJUSTMENT©
devices of the appliances may, during its
life, only be modified by the manufacturer
or duly authorised supplier.
)N©ACCORDANCE©WITH©THE©GAS©STANDARD©THE©
all-gas and combi appliances is “class
2 subclass 1” (recessed fig. 14) and, as
such, must comply with the clearances
specified in figure and consequently any
side walls must be no higher than the
work top.
4HE©WALLS©ADJACENT©TO©AND©SURROUNDING©
the appliances must be able to withstand
an temperature of 95°C.
61!nn
211!nn
Technical information
Fig. 14
Ventilation
The appliance should not be installed in a
room of volume less than 20 m³.
The quantity of air necessary is that required
for a regular combustion of the gas and for the
ventilation of the room. The natural flow of air
must be direct through permanent openings
in the walls of the room that open directly to
the outside with a minimum cross section of
100 cm2 (fig. 15). These openings must be
positioned so they cannot be obstructed.
Indirect ventilation is also allowed by taking
air from adjacent rooms to the one to
be ventilated, strictly complying with the
prescriptions of the standards in force.
r© /NCE©THE©WRAPPING©HAS©BEEN©REMOVED©
from the outer surfaces and the various
inner parts, thoroughly check that the
appliance is in perfect condition.
If you have any doubts do not use the
appliance and call in a qualified person.
r© 3OME©PARTS©MOUNTED©ON©THE©APPLIANCE©
are protected by a plastic film. This
protection must be removed before
using the appliance. We recommend
AIR INLET MIN. SECT. 100 cm2
Fig. 15
ENGLISH
Location and aeration
Gas cookers must always discharge the
products of combustion and the moisture
through hoods connected to flues or
directly to the outside (fig. 16). If it is
impossible to use a hood, a fan installed
on the window or wall, facing the outside,
is allowed and should be switched on
each time the appliance is used ( fig. 17)
provided the rules and regulations in force
relating to ventilation.
17
positioned on the back of the hob and
then to fix the backgaurd as indicated
in figure 19.
r© 4HE©SOCKET©OR©THE©SWITCH©MUST©BE©
accessible once the appliance is
installed.
Fig. 18
1
AIR INLET MIN. SECT. 100 cm2
2
Fig. 16
2
Fig. 19
AIR INLET MIN. SECT. 100 cm2
Fig. 17
Positioning the cooker
The appliances are fitted with the following
parts to enable them to be correctly
positioned:
r© !DJUSTABLE©FEET©TO©BE©kTTED©TO©THE©
appliance, which allow the height of
the cooker to be aligned with other
kitchen furniture. A kit made of skirts,
screws and feet is supplied to install
on cooker (fig.18).
r© "ACKGUARD©4HE©COOKERS©WHICH©ARE©
equipped with this accessory, leave of
the factory with this particular inserted
inside the drawer below the oven.
In order to install the backguard, it
is necessary to loosen the screws
Gas connection
Before connecting the appliance
check that the data on the rating plate
affixed to the cooker, correspond to
those of the gas mains.
!ªLABELªONªTHEªBACKªOFªTHISªHANDBOOKª
and at the back of the cooker gives
the appliance adjustment conditions,
that is, the type of gas and operating
pressure.
/NCEªTHEªCOOKERªISªINSTALLEDªCHECKª
there are no leaks using a soapy
solution (never a flame).
The appliance’s gas inlet fitting is a
threaded 1/2” male cylindrical type,
INªCOMPLIANCEªWITHªTHEª5.))3/ª
228-1 standards. If gas is distributed
through ducts the appliance must be
connected to the gas mains with:
r© A©RIGID©STEEL©PIPE©IN©ACCORDANCE©WITH©
standards, whose joints must be made
18
using threaded fittings in accordance
with the UNI-ISO 7/1 standard. The
use of hemp with suitable adhesives
or Teflon tape as a sealant is allowed.
r© COPPER©PIPE©IN©ACCORDANCE©WITH©THE©
standard, whose joints must be made
using sealed fittings in accordance
with the standard.
r© A©lEXIBLE©STAINLESS©STEEL©SEAMLESS©PIPE©
in accordance with the standard, with
a maximum 2 metre extension and
seals in accordance with the standard.
r© A©lEXIBLE©RUBBER©HOSE©IN©ACCORDANCE©
with the standard, with an 8 mm
diameter for LPG and 13 mm for
natural gas or town gas, maximum
1500 mm in length, firmly secured to
the hose fitting with a safety clamp as
per the standard.
If the gas is supplied directly from
a gas cylinder, the appliance, fed by a
pressure regulator in accordance with the
standard, must be connected:
r© WITH©A©COPPER©PIPE©IN©ACCORDANCE©
with the standard, whose joints must
be made using sealed fittings in
accordance with the standard.
r© WITH©A©lEXIBLE©STAINLESS©STEEL©SEAMLESS©
pipe in accordance with the standard,
with a maximum 2 metre extension
and seals in accordance with the
standard. We recommend applying
the special adapter to the flexible pipe,
easily found on the market, to facilitate
connection to the pressure regulator’s
hose fitting on the cylinder.
r© WITH©A©lEXIBLE©RUBBER©HOSE©IN©
accordance with the standard, with an
8 mm diameter, minimum 400 mm in
length, maximum 1500 mm in length,
firmly secured to the hose fitting with a
safety clamp as per the standard.
ª !TTENTIONªIf the appliance is going
to be recessed (class 2 subclass 1),
connect it to the gas supply source
using only flexible stainless steel,
seamless pipes in accordance with
the standard.
ª !TTENTIONªIf the appliance is going
to be installed free-standing (class
1) and if you use the flexible rubber
hose, it is necessary to follow the
instructions and figures given below
(fig. 20)
ª !TTENTIONªOn its route, the hose
must not touch any parts where the
temperature is more than 95°C.
ª !TTENTIONªThe hose must not be
subject to any kind of torsional
stress or tractive force, there must
be no pinched parts or really sharp
bends.
ª !TTENTIONªIt must not touch
anything that can cut, that has
sharp corners, etc.
ª !TTENTIONªThe whole length of
the hose must be easy to inspect
in order to keep a check on its
condition.
ª !TTENTIONªIt must be replaced
within the date printed on it.
HOT SURFACE
Connection point
Isolating tap
Connection point
Isolating tap
Hose
assembly
Hose assembly
Fig. 20
ENGLISHª
Adjustments
r© !LL©SEAL©MUST©BE©REPLACED©BY©THE©
technician following any adjustment or
regulation.
r© 4HE©ADJUSTMENT©OF©THE©REDUCE©RATE©
(simmer) must be undertaken only
with burners functioning on natural
gas while in the case of burners
functioning on L.P.G, the screw must
be locked down fully (in clockwise
direction).
r© g0RIMARY©AIR©ADJUSTMENTu©ON©HOB©GAS©
burners is unnecessary.
2
Taps (fig. 21)
All gas taps are male cone type with only
one way of passage. The adjustment
screw (V) is on the side of the stem.
Adjustment of the h2EDUCEDªRATEv
position as follows:
r© 4URN©THE©BURNER©ON©AND©PLACE©THE©KNOB©
on the “Reduced rate” position (small
flame).
r© 2EMOVE©THE©KNOB©OF©THE©TAP©WHICH©IS©
attached by simply applying pressure
to the rod.
r© )NSERT©A©SMALL©SCREWDRIVER© 1 into
screw 2 and turn to the right or left
the throttling cone until the flame of
the burner is conveniently regulated
to the Low position, the adjustment
screw 2 is over (fig. 21) or on the side
of the stem .
r© #HECK©THAT©THE©lAME©DOES©NOT©GO©OUT©
when the knob is sharply switched
from the “Full on” to “Reduced rate”
positions.
ª !TTENTION This operation can
be carried out also with the front
panel fitted, but if the technician
finds some difficulties to reach the
adjustment screw, remove the front
panel unscrewing the fixing screws,
which are positioned in the inferior
part of the same.
'ASINFORMATION
To tighten some components, see the information
BELOW
Aluminium pipes to burners, valves,
THERMOSTATS.M
4HERMOCOUPLESTOTOPBURNERSCUPS.M
4HERMOCOUPLESTO THERMOSTATS
4.M
0USHONCONNECTOR.M
)NJECTORS.M
1
Fig. 21
Oven thermostat (fig. 22)
2EDUCEDªRATEªADJUSTMENT should be
carried out in the following way:
r© 2EMOVE©THE©KNOB©THERMOSTAT
r© 3WITCH©ON©THE©OVEN©BURNER©BY©TURNING©
the relative knob to the Maximum
position, then wait about 10 minutes.
r© 3LOWLY©TURN©THE©KNOB©BACK©TO©THE©
Minimum position and, using a small
screwdriver 1 , turn screw 2 to the
right to lower the flame or to the left to
increase it.
The flames must be short for an efficient
Reduced rate setting. They must be stable
to prevent them from accidentally going
out and must be able to stand up to
normal oven door manoeuvres.
2
1
Fig. 22
20
Conversions
Oven burner (fig. 23)
The burner is installed on the oven base
and is covered by the bottom plate which
must always remain in that position during
oven operation,
To adjust the primary air, light the
burner and, watching the flame, slacken
screw 1 and adjust sleeve 2 to obtain
the 5 openings indicated in the table
in the “TECHNICAL INFORMATION”
section. Lock screw 1 in place once the
adjustments have been made.
3
1
2
4
5
4
1
2
Fig. 23
Grill burner (fig. 24)
To adjust the primary air, light the
burner and, watching the flame, slacken
screw 1 and adjust sleeve 2 to obtain
the 5 openings indicated in the table
in the “TECHNICAL INFORMATION”
section. Lock screw 1 in place once the
adjustments have been made.
3
2EPLACINGªTHEªINJECTORS
Our burners can be adapted to different
types of gas by simply installing the
injectors suitable for the gas you want to
use. To help the installer, the table in the
“TECHNICAL INFORMATION” section
gives the burner nominal heat input,
injector diameter and operating pressure
of the different gas types.
Comply with the following instructions:
Injector replacement - Hob burners.
To change the injectors on the hob,
remove the burner cup and head and with
a 7 mm Ø socket spanner replace them
(fig. 25).
)NJECTORªREPLACEMENTªª/VENªBURNERª
Remove oven base. Remove screw 4
which will release burner and give access
to the injector 3 (fig. 23). Unscrew injector
and replace it. Replace burner and replace
screw 4 .
Injector replacement - Grill burner.
Remove screw 4 which will release
burner and give access to the injector
(fig. 24).Unscrew injector 3 and replace it.
Replace burner and replace screw 4 .
!FTERªHAVINGªREPLACEDªTHEªINJECTORSª
it will be necessary to proceed with
burner adjustment as explained in the
previous paragraphs. The technician
must replace any seals after the
adjustments have been made.
2
1
4
5
1
2
Fig. 25
4
Fig. 24
ENGLISH
Maintenance
0RIORªTOªANYªMAINTENANCEªWORKªORª
changing parts, disconnect the
appliance from the gas and electricity
power sources.
21
r© 2EASSEMBLE©ALL©THE©PARTS©FOLLOWING©THE©
same procedure but in the reverse
order.
2
Replacing the taps and
thermostat
2
2
Proceed in the following way when
replacing a tap or the thermostat:
r© 2EMOVE©PAN©SUPPORTS©BURNER©HEADS
r© 5NSCREW©THE©BURNER©kXING©SCREWS© 1
(fig. 26).(four for ultrarapid burner and
two for the other burners)
r© 2EMOVE©THE©HOB©UNSCREWING©FRONTAL©
and rear fixing screws ( 4 , 3 , 2 )
(fig. 26) which lock the hob .
r© 0ULL©OUT©THE©KNOBS©
r© 5NSCREW©THE©NUTS© 2 of the gas
aluminium pipes and pull out the
thermocouple quick connectors 3
(fig. 28).
r© 5NSCREW©THE©SCREWS© 2 (fig. 27) which
lock the crosspieces.
r© 5NSCREW©THE©SCREWS© 1 (fig. 27) which
unite the the bridles of the taps to the
front frame.
r© -AKE©TO©SLIP©THE©RAMP©TOWARD©THE©BACK©
part and unscrew the screws 1
(fig. 28) in order to free the taps.
r© #HANGE©SEAL©EACH©TIME©A©TAP©OR©A©
thermostat is replaced. This will ensure
perfect retention between the tap or a
thermostat and part.
1
Fig. 27
1
3
2
Fig. 28
Electrical connection
The electrical connection must be
carried out in accordance with the
current standards and laws in force.
Before connecting check that:
1
2
4
Fig. 26
3
22
r© THE©SYSTEM©AND©ELECTRICAL©SOCKETS©
amperage is adequate for the
appliance maximum power (see
data label affixed on the back of the
cooker).
r© THE©SOCKET©OR©SYSTEM©HAS©AN©EFFECTIVE©
earth connection in accordance with
current standards and prescriptions of
the law. All responsibility is disclaimed
if this is not complied with.
r© 4HE©PLUG©AND©SOCKET©OR©THE©MULTIPOLAR©
switch must be accessible after
installation of the appliance.
When connecting to the mains with a
socket:
r© &IT©TO©THE©POWER©CABLE©IF©WITHOUT©A©
standardized plug, suitable for the
load which is indicated on the data
label. Connect the wires making sure
they correspond as shown below, and
remember that the earth wire must be
longer than the phase wires:
letter
L (phase) = brown wire
letter
N (neutral) = blue wire
symbol
(earth) = green/yellow wire
r© 4HE©POWER©CABLE©MUST©BE©LAID©SO©THAT©
no parts of it ever reach a temperature
of 75 °C.
r© &OR©CONNECTING©DO©NOT©USE©ADAPTERS©
or shunts as they could cause false
contacts resulting in hazardous
overheating.
When connecting directly to the
mains:
r© )NSTALL©A©MULTIPOLAR©SWITCH©THAT©CAN©
withstand the appliance load, with
a minimum opening between the
contacts of 3 mm.
r© 2EMEMBER©THAT©THE©EARTH©WIRE©MUST©
not be cut out by the switch.
Changing the flexible gas hose
In order to guarantee that the gas hose is
always in excellent condition we strongly
recommend changing it on the date you
will find printed on it.
Replacing the electrical
components
r© 4HE©REAR©PROTECTION©WILL©HAVE©TO©BE©
removed in order to change the
electrical heating elements, spit motor,
terminal board and power cable.
r© )F©YOU©HAVE©TO©CHANGE©THE©POWER©
cable (see the cross section on table
“Technical Features” paragraph),
always keep the earth wire longer
than the phase wires and, in addition,
follow all the instructions given in the
“Electrical connection” paragraph.
r© 4O©REPLACE©THE©OVEN©LAMP©PLEASE©REFER©
to instructions on “Replacing the oven
lamp” paragraph.
r© 4O©CHANGE©THE©LAMP©HOLDER©THE©SPARK©
generator and the spark electrodes,
the work top has to be removed as
indicated in paragraph “Replacing the
taps and thermostat”.
r© 4O©CHANGE©THE©EVENTUAL©PROGRAMMING©
accessory, the commutator and the
indicator lights, remove the front panel
as indicated in paragraph “Taps” .
ENGLISH
6. TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Burner disposition on the hob
BURNERS
Operating
Pressure
Gas
Rate
Diameter
Injectors
Sabaf
Heat
Input
W
Air Reg.
Sleve
Opening
BY-Pass
N. DENOMINATION
mbar
g/h
1/100 mm
Max
“X”mm
1/100mm
1 Rapid
GPL 30
218
88
3000
Complete
44
2 Semi-rapide
GPL 30
131
68
1800
Complete
34
3 Auxiliary
GPL 30
73
51
1000
Complete
28
4 Ultrarapid Front Left
GPL 30
276
98
3800
Complete
65
5 Ultrarapid Front Left
GPL 30
256
92
3250
Complete
65
6 Oven
GPL 30
349
108
4800
3
55
7 Grill woth separated
control
GPL 30
254
92
3400
3.5
Outside cooker dimensions
Cooker Type
96-Z
fig.1
height 1/mm
1447 ÷ 1502
96-Z
fig.2
905 ÷ 945
2
2
2
2
2
3
5
1
3
4
height 2/mm
857 ÷ 912
845 ÷ 885
width 3/mm
900
1000
depth 1/mm
600
600
1
ELECTRIC COMPONENTS Description
Oven lamp
Spit motor
Supply cable for all-gas cooker
Nominal data
15 W - E 14 - T 300
15 W
H05V2V2 3 x 0.75 mm
24
7. ENVIRONMENT CONCERNS
The appliance was designed and
made in accordance with the
European standards listed below:
=> EN 30-1-1, EN 30-2-1 and EN 437
plus subsequent amendments
(gas)
=> EN 60 335-1 and EN 60 3352-6 (electrical) plus relative
amendments
The appliance complies with the
prescriptions of the European
Directives as below:
=> 2006/95 EC concerning electrical
safety (BT).
=> 2004/108 EC concerning
electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC)
=> 2009/142 EC concerning gas
safety.
Oven accessories that could come
into contact with foodstuffs are
made with materials that comply
with the provisions of the 89/109 EC
directive dated 21/12/88.
This product complies with EU
Directive 2002/96/EC.
The crossed-out dustbin symbol
reported on the appliance indicates
that the appliance must be disposed
of separately from other domestic
refuse at the end of its useful life.
It must therefore be delivered to a
!"#$%&$'(')*+,%'$+#&$%"-$'*.'!))(%
for electric and electronic
equipment or returned to the retailer
at the moment of purchase of a new
equivalent appliance.
The user is responsible for
delivering the appliance to the
appropriate collection centre at the
end of its useful life, Failure to do
"/%0!(%&$"1)#%*+%!%.+$2%!"%-&/3*4$4%
for by laws governing waste
disposal.
Differential collection of waste
products for eventual recycling,
treatment and environmentally
friendly disposal helps reduce
possible negative effects on the
environment and health, and also
enables the materials making up the
product to be recycled.
For more detailed information on
the available refuse collection
systems, refer to the local Municipal
Solid Waste disposal centre or
the shop where the product was
purchased.
Producers and importers are
&$"-/+"*5)$%6/&%61).))*+,%#7$*&%
obligations as regards recycling,
treatment and environmentally
friendly disposal by directly or
indirectly participating in the
collection system.
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫‪Vt‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪Vt‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺃﺯﻝ ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ )‪) (V c‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪) (25‬ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ(‬
‫• ﻗﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﻭﻓﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫) ‪ V C‬ﺃﻭ ‪) (V d‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (25‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ) ‪.(S‬‬
‫• ﺍﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﺾ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻚ ﺻﻮﺍﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻣﻨﻴﻮﻡ ) ‪ (D‬ﻭ ﺍﺟﺬﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ) ‪) (F‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.(27 .‬‬
‫• ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ )‪ (V t‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ )‪) (V b‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ (26‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ )‪(V b‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (27‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺆﻛﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻜﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪2 6‬‬
‫‪Vb‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪Vb‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪Vd‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Vs‬‬
‫‪Vc‬‬
‫‪Vf‬‬
‫‪2 5‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪Vp‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪(٢٢‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻭﺗﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺥ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺷﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ) ‪ (A‬ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺔ ) ‪ (B‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ؛ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ >ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ< ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ‬
‫) ‪ (A‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪2 2‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪(٢٣‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ) ‪ (A‬ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺔ ) ‪ (B‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ؛ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ >ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ< ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ‬
‫) ‪ (A‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪A B‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻗﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻼﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻗﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ >ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ< ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻗﻦ ﻭﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻗﻦ ‪ -‬ﺷﻌﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻗﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻭﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ‪ ٧‬ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .(٢٤‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻗﻦ ‪ -‬ﺷﻌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺯﻳﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ) ‪ (D‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻗﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ) ‪) (C‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .(٢٣‬ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻗﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ) ‪.(D‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻗﻦ ‪ -‬ﺷﻌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ) ‪ (D‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﻭﻳﻤﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻗﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (٢٤‬ﻭﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻗﻦ ) ‪ (C‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ‬
‫) ‪.(D‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻗﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺒﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪DB‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪B D‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪B B‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪2 4‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪(2 1‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺃﺯﻝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫• ﺷﻐﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺑﺒﻂء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ) ‪ ،(C‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ) ‪ (V‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺍ ﻟﻤﻨﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ً‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ً‬
‫ﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﺾ )ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺩﺋﺔ( ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ً‬
‫ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ "ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍء" ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪(2 0‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ) ‪ (V‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ" ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ "ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ"‬
‫)ﻟﻬﺐ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺯﻝ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ) ‪ (V‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪(٢٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻧﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻟﻬﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﺘﺠﻬًﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ" ﺇﻟﻰ "ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ"‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ!! ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ ˯ ‪e s a M‬‬
‫‪:‬‬
‫` ‬
‫ͅ ‪z j‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫ ‪M‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ ‪c s z k e s ` ʜ‬‬
‫‪ s z j‬‬
‫‪l‬‬
‫ ` ‪ / 0 %‬‬
‫ ‪ s z j‬‬
‫‪l‬‬
‫‬
‫ ‪N T +‬‬
‫ ‪L‬‬
‫‪l‬‬
‫‬
‫ ` ‪ y / 0 %‬‬
‫˰‬
‫ͅ‬
‫ `‬
‫ ‪0 I j‬‬
‫‪ʙ M 9‬‬
‫ ‪m j +‬‬
‫ ˯ ‪e s a M‬‬
‫‪` r‬‬
‫‬
‫ͅ‬
‫=‬
‫˴ ‪e‬‬
‫‬
‫‪ɰ e‬‬
‫‬
‫˰‬
‫˱‬
‫ ‪L‬‬
‫‪ʙ M 9‬‬
‫ `‬
‫‬
‫ ` ] ‪r‬‬
‫‪2 1‬‬
‫‪3:‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ɰ e‬‬
‫ ˯ ‪r + 2‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫ ˯ ] ‪j s‬‬
‫‬
‫‪15 :‬‬
‫ ˯ ‪r + 2‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫‬
‫‪, y , 9‬‬
‫‬
‫‪2 0‬‬
‫‬
‫˱‬
‫‪y 0 D‬‬
‫‬
‫ ` ‪ y / 0 %‬‬
‫ ` ‪ 0‬‬
‫‪Z‬‬
‫‪20 :‬‬
‫‪4:‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫ ` ‪Y %‬‬
‫‬
‫‪l‬‬
‫˰‬
‫‪4:‬‬
‫ ` ‪ / 0 %‬‬
‫‪ s z j‬‬
‫‪ s z j‬‬
‫‪l‬‬
‫‪l‬‬
‫‪ s z j‬‬
‫‪l‬‬
‫‪ɰ e‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫‪ɰ e‬‬
‫‪e‬‬
‫‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺘﺠﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ )ﺍﻃﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﻼء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺸﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻼ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺯﻭﺩ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻔﻴﺸﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ( ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫= ﺳﻠﻚ ﺑﻨﻲ‬
‫)ﻓﺎﺯ(‬
‫)ﺩﻭﻥ ﻟﻮﻥ( = ﺳﻠﻚ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫)ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ( = ﺳﻠﻚ ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‪/‬ﺃﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻐﻄﻰ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ ٧٥‬ﺳﻴﻠﺰﻳﻮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫• ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺰﺋﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫• ﺭﻛﺐ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﺤﺪ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﺍﻃﻠﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ >ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ<(‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺎﻓﻈﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ "ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ" ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻟﻤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺮﺓ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻟﻤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ"‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ ،(12‬ﻓﻚ ﻏﻄﺎء‬
‫• ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻲ ) ‪ (C‬ﻭﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻭﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻀﺔ ﻭﺃﻗﻄﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﺎﻛﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﺿﻮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫• ﻣﺎﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻧﺤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻮﻻﺫ ﺻﻠﺐ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﺃ ﻣﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﻌﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻊ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﻣﺮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻃﻮﻻ ﻭﺣﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭﺣﺪ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ‪ ٤٠٠‬ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻃﻮﻻ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﺑﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫‪ ١٥٠٠‬ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺍﺣﺘﻪ‪) ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ‪ ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ‪،(٢‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﺣﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ )ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ‪ (١‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﻣﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻼﻣﺲ ﻷﻱ‬
‫ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٩٥‬ﺳﻠﻴﺰﻳﻮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺎ ﻷﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﺘﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺮ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﻭﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎءﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻠﻤﺲ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ ﺑﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺭﻏﺎﻭﻱ )ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫"‪ "٢\١‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ‪ .1-UNI-ISO 228‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻣﺎﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻔﺎﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .U N I-IS O 7 /1‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﻻﺻﻘﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻔﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎﻧﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺎﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻔﺎﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻮﻻﺫ ﺻﻠﺐ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﺃ ﻣﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﻌﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﻣﺮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻝ ﻭ‪ ١٣‬ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻃﻮﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺣﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ‪ ١٥٠٠‬ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﺑﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺁﺗﻴًﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﻭ ًﺩﺍ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻢ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻡ‪.٣‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍء ﻋﺒﺮ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ًﺓ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .(1 5‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﻗﻠﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1 5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻮ ﺍء ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺃﺩﺧﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺪﺍﺧﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ًﺓ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .(1 6‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (1 7‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1 6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻮ ﺍء ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺃﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺙ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻭﺃﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(1 8‬‬
‫• ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.19‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ً‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻼ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪1 7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻮ ﺍء ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪1 8‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪1 9‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺆﻫﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻳﻠﺤﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ‪" -‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ‪) "١‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ - (1 4‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺎﺛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ ٩٥‬ﺳﻠﻴﺰﻳﻮﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﺪﺧﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺮﺍﻕ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ً‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﻔﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫‪750 mm‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮ ﺍﺝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ‬
‫• ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻜﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻏﻼﻑ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺸﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻜﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺑﻮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺤﺮﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪50 mm‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﻮ ﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ) ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻄﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺴﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ؛ ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ( ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪100 mm‬‬
‫‪1 4‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
Δϳϧϔϟ΍ΕΎϣϭϠόϣϟ΍6
Ωϗϭϣϟ΍ϰϠϋΔϠόηϟ΍ϡϳυϧΗ
ΔϠϳϭΣΗϟ΍
˯΍ϭϬϟ΍ϡυϧϣ
ΔΑϠΟϟ΍
ΔΣΗϔϟ΍
ϝΎΧΩ·
Γέ΍έΣϟ΍
ρ΍ϭ
έρϘϟ΍
ϥϗΎΣ
Sabaf
έϳΩϘΗϟ΍
ϝϳϐηΗϟ΍
ρϐοϟ΍
ίΎϐϟ΍
Εϼόηϟ΍
ϡϠϣ1/100
ϡϠϣX
ϰλϗ΃ΩΣ
ϡϠϣ1/100
ϡ΍έΟ
ΔϋΎγϟ΍
έΎΑϲϠϠϣ
ΕΎϳϣγΗϟ΍ௐϡϗέϟ΍
44
ϝϣΎϛ
3000
88
218
GPL 30
ϊϳέγ௑ 1
34
ϝϣΎϛ
1800
68
131
GPL 30
Δϋέγϑλϧ௑ 2
28
ϝϣΎϛ
1000
51
73
GPL 30
ΩϋΎγϣ௑ 3
65
ϝϣΎϛ
3800
98
276
GPL 30
Δϋέγϟ΍ϕ΋Ύϓέγϳ΃ϲϣΎϣ΃௑ 4
65
ϝϣΎϛ
3250
92
256
GPL 30
Δϋέγϟ΍ϕ΋Ύϓέγϳ΃ϲϣΎϣ΃௑ 5
55
3
4800
108
349
GPL 30
ϥέϓ௑ 6
3.5
3400
92
254
GPL 30
ϝλϔϧϣϡϛΣΗϊϣΔϳ΍ϭη௑ 7
ΩϗϭϣϠϟΔϳΟέΎΧϟ΍ΩΎόΑϷ΍
1ϝϛηϟ΍ௐ96-Z
Ωϗϭϣϟ΍ωϭϧ
945 ÷ 905 1502 ÷ 1447
ϡϠϣ 1 ωΎϔΗέϻ΍
885 ÷ 845
912 ÷ 857
ϡϠϣ 2 ωΎϔΗέϻ΍
1000
900
ϡϠϣ 3 νέόϟ΍
600
600
ϡϠϣ 4 ϕϣόϟ΍
2ϝϛηϟ΍ௐ96-Z
2ϝϛηϟ΍
1ϝϛηϟ΍
Δϳϣγϻ΍ΕΎϧΎϳΑϟ΍
Δϳ΋ΎΑέϬϛϟ΍ΕΎϧϭϛϣϟ΍ϑλϭ
T 300 - E 14 - 15 W
15 W
H05V2V2 3 ×ϡϠϣ0.75
ϥέϔϟ΍ΔΑϣϟ
Φϳγϟ΍ϙέΣϣ
ίΎϐϟ΍ΩϗϭϣϟΩ΍ΩϣϹ΍ϝΑΎϛ
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ )ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ (‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﻐﻄﺎﺓ ﺑﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻀﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻡ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻤﺘﺺ ﻭﺗﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺟﻔﻔﻬﺎ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﻔﻨﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻃﺒﺔ ﻭﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﺩ ﺛﻢ ﻣﺮ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﺳﻔﻨﺠﺔ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﺊ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﺗﺠﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻴﻦ )‪) (PL‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.(13‬‬
‫• ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ )‪) (V‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫• ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻜﺴﻲ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!! ﺿﻊﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻴﻦ )‪ (PL‬ﺑﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ )‪(L‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ )‪) (S‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(1 3‬‬
‫‪QM‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪Q‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺸﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﺾ ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﺛﻢ ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ) ‪ .(R C D‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺒﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺘﺮ ﻟﻤﺒﺔ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﺛﺒﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪ ﺍﻝ ﻟﻤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ ‪N j e‬‬
‫‬
‫< ‪M‬‬
‫^‬
‫‪10A‬‬
‫ﺇﺯ ﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪(F‬‬
‫• ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻭﺃﺩﺭﺝ ﺑﺮﺷﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ ) ‪R‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(1 1‬‬
‫• ﺃﻏﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺬﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻃﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎ ﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪ ﺍﻝ ﻟﻤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﺘﺎﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﻭﺍﺕ ‪ ٢٣٠ -‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ‪ ٥٠ -‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ‪ - ١٤ E -‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪ ٣٠٠‬ﺳﻴﻠﺰﻳﻮﺱ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺒﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﺬﺏ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫• ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ) ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ :(1 2‬ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻏﻄﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻲ ) ‪ (C‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎ ﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺒﺔ )‪ .(L‬ﺃ ﻋﻴﺪﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻊ ﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎ ﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪ ﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪ -‬ﺳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻭﺍﺳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻘﻊ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ؛ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺎء‬
‫ﺩﺍﻓﺊ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﺷﻄﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻔﻔﻬﺎ ﺟﻴ ًﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﻏﺴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺟﺮ ﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﺰ ﺍء ﺇﺫ ﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺰ ﺍﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﺢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻤﺎﻃﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻷﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﺮ ﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮ ﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﺯ ﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻼﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﻓﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﺷﻄﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺠﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺟﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺪ ﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﻥ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(9‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ) ‪.(G‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺭﺝ ﺩﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮﺏ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺍﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ) ‪.(G‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺕ‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﻭﺃﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮ ﻋﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻨﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(8‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺻﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻀﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﺐ ﺻﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺪ ﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ً‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻻﻣﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺃ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺪ ﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺴﺎ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ )ﺷﻜﻞ‪.(1 0 .‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ!!!‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮ ﺍء ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺣﺬﺭ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻐﻠﻖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫)‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻫﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ( ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺎء‬
‫ﺩﺍﻓﺊ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﺛﻢ ﺷﻄﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺠﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪b U X‬‬
‫‪ + L ʞ‬‬
‫‪] L‬‬
‫‪ͅɿ‬‬
‫ ˯ ‪U‬‬
‫=‬
‫˳‬
‫ ! ‪N z f‬‬
‫‪N e‬‬
‫‪, $ r‬‬
‫ ` ‪2‬‬
‫ ‪ ʙ y‬‬
‫‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫ͅ‬
‫ ‪ o ʘ‬‬
‫˱‬
‫‪˯ r‬‬
‫˴ ‪c‬‬
‫ ‪b X ʜ‬‬
‫‪ʑ‬‬
‫` ‪c , M‬‬
‫)‪11‬‬
‫‪e , X‬‬
‫‪0 X‬‬
‫‪ʓ‬‬
‫< ‬
‫ ‪z 0‬‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫< ‪M‬‬
‫)‪(10A‬‬
‫^‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻪ ﻭﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺍ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺻﻌﺒًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﻭ ً‬
‫ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻠﻲ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺗﺠﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪ ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺮﺷﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﺴﻠﻲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺎﺽ )ﺭ ﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪ ﺍﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Tc‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪Ac‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪1 0‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻌﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻌﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻙ‬
‫ﻛﻌﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻌﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺯ‬
‫ﻛﻌﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻜﻮﻻﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻜﻮﻳﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻮﺧﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﻮﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﺍﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻴﻠﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﺰ ﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻨﺰﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮ ﺍﺋﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭ ﺍﺟﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻚ ﻣﻄﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮ ﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﺕ‬
‫‪٠٫٨‬‬
‫‪٠٫٨‬‬
‫‪٠٫٨‬‬
‫‪٠٫٨‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪١٩٠‬‬
‫‪٢٢٠‬‬
‫‪٢٠٠‬‬
‫‪١٩٠‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪١٩٠‬‬
‫‪٢٢٠-١٩٠‬‬
‫‪٢٥٠‬‬
‫‪٢٣٥‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪٣٥-٢٥‬‬
‫‪١٥-١٠‬‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪٢٫٥‬‬
‫‪٢٫٥‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٢٢٥-٢١٠‬‬
‫‪٢٢٥-٢١٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢٥‬ﺣ ًﺪﺍ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫‪ ٢٢٥‬ﺣ ًﺪﺍ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫‪٦٥-٥٥‬‬
‫‪٦٥-٥٥‬‬
‫‪٣٠-٢٥‬‬
‫‪٢٥-٢٠‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢-١‬‬
‫‪٢-١‬‬
‫‪٢-١‬‬
‫‪٢-١‬‬
‫‪٢٢٠‬‬
‫‪٢٢٠‬‬
‫‪٢٢٠‬‬
‫‪٢٢٠‬‬
‫‪٢٥-٢٠‬‬
‫‪٨٠-٦٠‬‬
‫‪٥٠-٤٠‬‬
‫‪٨٠-٦٠‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢-١‬‬
‫‪٢-١‬‬
‫‪٢-١‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢٥‬ﺣ ًﺪﺍ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫‪ ٢٢٥‬ﺣ ًﺪﺍ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫‪ ٢٢٥‬ﺣ ًﺪﺍ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫‪٥٠-٤٠‬‬
‫‪٦٠-٤٥‬‬
‫‪٦٠-٤٥‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢-١‬‬
‫‪٢-١‬‬
‫‪٢-١‬‬
‫‪٢٣٥‬‬
‫‪٢٣٥‬‬
‫‪٢٣٥‬‬
‫‪٦٠-٥٠‬‬
‫‪٥٠-٤٠‬‬
‫‪٦٠-٤٥‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٣-٢‬‬
‫‪٣-٢‬‬
‫‪٢٢٠-٢٠٠‬‬
‫‪٢٢٠-١٩٠‬‬
‫‪٢٥-١٥‬‬
‫‪٢٠-١٥‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻠﺰﻳﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫‪٥٦‬‬
‫‪٤٠-٣٥‬‬
‫‪٤٥-٤٠‬‬
‫‪٤٠-٣٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ )ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ( ﻫﻲ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ً‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻑ )ﻭﺍﺿﻌًﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﻓﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ً‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٥‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻮ ﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻌﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ‬
‫ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﺩﺟﺎﺟﺔ )ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﺼﻒ(‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻂ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻚ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﺺ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮ ﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫‪٠,٥٠‬‬
‫‪٠,١٥‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤-٣‬‬
‫‪٤-٣‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪٠,٤٢‬‬
‫‪٠٫٢٠‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪٣-٢‬‬
‫‪٣-٢‬‬
‫‪٥-٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﺝ‬
‫‪١٫٣‬‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ )ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ( ﻫﻲ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ً‬
‫ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺷﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﻃﻬﻲ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ )ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﻃﻬﻮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﻼﺓ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻫﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻃﻬﻮﻫﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺟﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﻙ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺳﻴﻠﺰﻳﻮﺱ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء "ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭﺓ"‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺳﻴﻠﺰﻳﻮﺱ( ﻭﻃﻬﻮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻟﺤﻢ ﺷﻬﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺳﻤﻴﻜﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻏﺎﻣﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻑ ﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺾ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻄﻬﻮﻫﺎ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻧﺎﺿﺤﺔ؟ ﻗﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺧﺒﻴﺰ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻠﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻭﺃﻛﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻃﻬﻮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻚ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺰ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺧﺒﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺰ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻔﺘﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺰ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻤﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻜﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺧﺒﺰﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻗﻔﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﻲ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ؟ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﻟﻠﻜﻌﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺧﺮﺝ ً‬
‫ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻜﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﻃﻬﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻜﺔ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ؟‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﻴﻠﺰﻳﻮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻜﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﺻﻨﻌﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻮﺩ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﻜﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺯﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٠‬ﺳﻴﻠﺰﻳﻮﺱ ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻜﺔ ﻏﺎﻣﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻑ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻄﻬﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻭﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻜﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺣﺮﻗﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﻏﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻯ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻜﺔ ﻏﺎﻣﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ :‬ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻑ ﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻄﻬﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺰ ﺗﻢ ﻃﻬﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻨﻘﺼﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻭﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﺯﻳﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﻭﺿﻌﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﻦ ﺟﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻭﺭﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻜﻮﻳﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺰ‪ :‬ﺿﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻜﻮﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻼءﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺰ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻮ ﺍء‪:‬‬
‫• ﺃﺿﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﻮﺍﺋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍء ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻟﻺﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺴﺎﻗﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍء )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫• ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺧﺎﻥ‪.‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻰ ﻻﺗﻪ ﻳﺘﺒﺨﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺮﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺟﻨﺔ ﺩﻫﻨﻴﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺯ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻨﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺛﻘﻮﺑًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺪ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻗﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻣﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﺫ ﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻚ ﺑﺄﺣﻤﺎﺽ ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻃﻌﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫ ﺍ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺼﻴﺮ ﻟﻴﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺰ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ ﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻃﻌﻤﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮ ﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻣﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻄﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪ ﺍﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩ ﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻮ ﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎ ﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻮ ﺍﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭﻣﻀﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃ ﻋﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺏ ﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻮ ﺍﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻃﻬﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﻥ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ (6‬ﺍﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺦ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(7‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ "ﻧﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﻃﻬﻲ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ" ﻓﻲ "ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍء"‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍء‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍء ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻟﻸﻃﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪ ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺦ ) ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪7‬‬
‫‪(٦‬‬
‫)ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﺻﺪ ﺍﺭ ﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫• ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺦ ﺑﺜﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﺴﻼﺳﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻚ ﻭﺃﺯﻝ ﻗﺒﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫• • ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﻭﺃﺩﺭﺝ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺻﻠﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ّ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ "ﻧﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﻃﻬﻲ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺩ ﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﻮ ﺍء ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪!"#$ %$&'()$ *+,- .,/ $01: !"#$‬‬
‫‪234#$ 5678 9:; <+=>:# [email protected] C$+DE‬‬
‫‪[email protected] 27 C$+D @IJ$K %&'()$ [email protected](,#$‬‬
‫‪M!N,O 27 @3PQ/!- R(G R# $01.234#$ SB‬‬
‫‪[email protected]#$E ?VW&#$ [email protected]#$ 9:; M!4Q[#$ \B‬‬
‫‪FQ:IA#$ ]$+N()$ R(G 8 ^NG‬‬
‫‪[email protected]:UB !"#$ ]@Y 9:; [email protected]">#$‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ‪ :‬ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻖ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ً‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫• ﺍﺟﺬﺏ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﺿﻐﻄﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﺋ ًﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ً‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺎءﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﻧﻲ ﺣﺮﻳﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺑﺨﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﺑﺄﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﺮﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻷﻟﻤﻮﻧﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍء‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍء‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺩﺧﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺿﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍء ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺨﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﺮﻥ ﻭﺷﻮﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﺤﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١٥‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻃﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻄﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺼﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭﻣﻀﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ؛ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺛﻘﺎﺏ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ) ‪) (B‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(5‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ )ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ )‪ ) ( B‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻟﻪ (‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﺍﺭﺓ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﻔﺄ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻄﻬﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻳﻄﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻧﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻌﻤﺔ )ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺒﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﺰﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻌﻚ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ!!!‬
‫• ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺰ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻘﺎﺑﺾ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻼء ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻤﻜﺜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﻓﻈﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎء ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺮﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﺩ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻈﻔﻲ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻏﺴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻤﺎء ﺳﺎﺧﻦ ﻭﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻣﺨﻔﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺦ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ )ﺍﻷﺭﻓﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ّ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ ‪-‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫˱‬
‫\ ‪k‬‬
‫ ‪T‬‬
‫‪ s 8‬‬
‫‬
‫ ‪s k‬‬
‫‪b A‬‬
‫‪ʓ‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ ‪c , ) 4‬‬
‫ ` ‪" k‬‬
‫‪ y p j‬‬
‫ ` ‪i 0 U‬‬
‫ ` ‪ͅ* E‬‬
‫ ` ‪p E‬‬
‫‪ɧ + r‬‬
‫‪` r‬‬
‫‪ y s 9‬‬
‫‪ͅM e‬‬
‫` ‪% a‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫= ‪_ s‬‬
‫ ‪c , ) 4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫{‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ‪ :‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻃﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺑﻘﺎء ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺣﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ )ﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ "ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ"(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ‪ -‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﺑﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ "ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ"‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﻟﺤﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ٍ ١٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻭﺃﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻜﺲ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ" ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭﻣﻀﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺏ ﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻘﻼﺓ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﺪ )ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(4‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻼﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫"ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ" )ﻟﻬﺐ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺿﻊ ﻏﻄﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻼﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻪ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻼﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪٢٤÷٢٢‬‬
‫‪٢٢÷٢٠‬‬
‫‪١٨÷١٦‬‬
‫‪١٤÷١٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻛﺴﺎ ﻋﺔ ﻭﻣﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻠﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﻭﻣًﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (L‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 0 . 0 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ - 2 4 . 0 0‬ﺱ ﺱ‪،‬ﻕ ﻕ (‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ "‪ "0.00‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ 1‬ﻭﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ 2‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .3‬ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 7‬ﺛﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪3 4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﺪ ﺍﺩ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 0 . 0 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ = 0 . 9 9‬ﺱ ﺱ‪ ،‬ﻕ ﻕ (‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ‪ ،3‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ )ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑـ ‪ 10‬ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﺎﺭﻛﺎً ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺎء‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻁ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻨﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺎﺩ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻞ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 7‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.3‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻨﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ 2‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪/‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﺪ ﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‪ 3‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ً 3‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ‪ 2‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪66‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪61‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪56‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫‪51‬‬
‫‪46‬‬
‫‪41‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫ﺕﻗﺅﻣﻟﺍ‬
‫ﻝﻼﺧ ﻥﻣ ﻻﻭﺃ ﻰﻠﻋﻷﺍ ﻰﻟﺇ ﺕﻗﺅﻣﻟﺍ ﺭﺩﺃ ﻲﻬﻁﻟﺍ ﺕﻗﻭ ﺩﻳﺩﺣﺗﻟ‬
‫ﺓﺩﻭﻌﻟﺍ ﻡﺛ ﻥﻳﻣﻳﻟﺍ ﻰﻟﺇ ﺭﺎﺳﻳﻟﺍ ﻥﻣ ﺓﺩﺣﺍﻭ ﺓﺭﻣ ﻝﻣﺎﻛ ﻝﻛﺷﺑ ﻪﻛﻳﺭﺣﺗ‬
‫ﻥﻳﻧﺭ ﺭﺩﺻﻳﺳﻭ ﺍﺫﻫ ‪.‬ﻫﺪﻳﺭﺗ ﻳﺬﻟﺍ ﻕﺋﺎﻗ?ﺩﻟﺍ ﺩﺩﻋ ﻝﺛﻣﻳ ﻳﺬﻟﺍ ﻡﻗﺭﻟﺍ ﻰﻟﺇ‬
‫ﻰﻬﻁﻠﻟ ﺩﺩﺣﻣﻟﺍ ﺕﻗﻭﻟﺍ ﻲﺿﻘﻧﻳ ﺎﻣﺩﻧﻋ ﺕﻗﺅﻣﻟﺍ ﻥﻣ‪.‬‬
‫‪ɀ‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ͅ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ )‪(A‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫= ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫= ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ"‬
‫= ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ"‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﺮ ﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )‪(B‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫= ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫)‪ ٢٦٠‬ﺳﻴﻠﺰﻳﻮﺱ(‬
‫= ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‬
‫‪Njo‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪251‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮ ﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )‪(C‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪271‬‬
‫‪371‬‬
‫‪291‬‬
‫‪331 311‬‬
‫= ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫= ﻭﺿﻊ "ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ"‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻋﺎﻛﺲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻮ ﺍﺓ )‪(D‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ ﺿﻮء ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮ ًﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻀﺎ ًء ‪ -‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪351‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻼءﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻌﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺠﺎﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .(1‬ﻫﺬ ﺍ ﻭﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻹﻣﺪ ﺍﺩ ﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ) ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪:(2‬‬
‫• ﺭﻑ ﻓﺮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫• ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ّ‬
‫• ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺦ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﺑﺤﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻌًﺎ ً‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺰﻭ ًﺩﺍ ﺑﻐﻄﺎء ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻄﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺨﻴﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺰﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺒﺮﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻛﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺨﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﻗﺪﻭﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺴﺎ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ً‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ِ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ "‪ "٠‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ "•" ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻗﻔﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻗﻔﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻲء‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺼﺮﺡ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺳﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﻥ ﺳﺎﺧ ًﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻳﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻠﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻳﺪﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺠﺬﺏ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺸﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺸﻮﻓﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻦ ‪ ٨‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻹﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﻘﺼﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﻖ ﻃﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﻧﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﻭﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻼء ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﺦ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺟ ًﺪﺍ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻄﻬﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﺩﻫﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺖ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻟﻲ ﺇﻃﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎء ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﺰﻧﻲ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﺷﻄﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺷﻄﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺪﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻄﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻔﻨﺠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺷﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻳﺒﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻫﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻗﻔﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺑﻤﺴﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻣﺴﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﻧﺸﻜﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻵﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺑﺤﻖ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ‪ -‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻪ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺱ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺑﻮﻇﺎﺋﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺩﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ‬
‫»ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ« ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺆﻫﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺮﺿﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ؛‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ؛ ﻭﺧﻄﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺿﺮﺭ ﻳﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻜﻮﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻠﻲ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ )ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻷﻛﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻄﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺴﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ؛ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ( ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ؛ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺃﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻜﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻗﺴﻢ »ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ«(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻓﺎﻧﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻬﺐ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻯ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ‪ -‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﻨًﺎ ﻭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺅﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻳﺪﻱ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻮﻥ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪٨‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﺒﺮﺍء ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻧﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺄﻗﺼﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻫﻠﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺤﺪ ًﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻗﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻬﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻔﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺒﺌﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺮﺟﻰ ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4-6‬‬
‫‪7 -9‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪1 0 -1 6‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪1 9-27‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺻﻨﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫=< ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ EN 30-1-1‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ EN 30-2-1‬ﻭ‪ EN 437‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ )ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ(‬
‫=< ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ EN 60 335-1‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪) EN 60 335-2-6‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء( ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻠﺘﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫=< ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ EC 2006/95‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‬
‫=< ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ EC 2004/108‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ )‪(EMC‬‬
‫=< ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ EC 2009/142‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪.(BT‬‬
‫‪-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺖ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ‪ EC 89/109‬ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪١٩٨٨ - ١٢ - ٢١‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ ‪.EC/2002/96‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻄﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﺍء ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻻ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻹﺧﻔﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﻔﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺷﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﺭﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪AEG 1066GN-MN‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪ ﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ‬
www.aeg.com/shop
461308
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement